blob: c01c812be60142e1f9a2706af3a35c6a3513ef50 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
99 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626DeclRefExpr *
627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000630 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000631 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
632 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000633 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000634 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000635 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000636}
637
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
639/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
640/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000641static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
642 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000643 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
644 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
645
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000646 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
647 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
648 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000650 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
651 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 D != DEnd; ++D) {
653 if (*D == Record) {
654 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
655 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
656 ++D;
657 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000658 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659 return *D;
660 }
661 }
662
663 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
664 return 0;
665}
666
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000667/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
668/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
669/// actual member.
670///
671/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
672/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
673/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
674/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
675/// we found.
676///
677/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
678/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
679/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
680VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
681 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000682 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
683 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
684 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
685
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000686 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000687 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
688 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
689 do {
690 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000691 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000692 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000693 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000694 else {
695 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
696 break;
697 }
698 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
699 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
700 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000701
702 return BaseObject;
703}
704
705Sema::OwningExprResult
706Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
707 FieldDecl *Field,
708 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
709 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
710 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
711 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
712 AnonFields);
713
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
715 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
716 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
717 // found via name lookup.
718 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
719 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
720 if (BaseObject) {
721 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
722 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000723 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000724 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000725 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000726 ExtraQuals
727 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
728 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
729 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
730 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
731 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
732 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
733 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
734 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
735 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
736 }
737 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
738 } else {
739 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
740 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
741 // program our base object expression is "this".
742 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
743 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
744 QualType AnonFieldType
745 = Context.getTagDeclType(
746 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
747 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
748 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
749 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
750 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
751 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000752 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000753 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000754 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
755 }
756 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000757 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
758 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000759 }
760 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
761 }
762
763 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000764 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
765 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000766 }
767
768 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
769 // anonymous struct/union.
770 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
771 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
772 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
773 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
774 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
775 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
776 unsigned combinedQualifiers
777 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
778 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
779 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000780 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
781 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
783 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000784 }
785
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787}
788
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000789/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
790/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
791/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
792/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
793/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
794/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
795/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
796/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
797/// forms.
798///
799/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
800/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
801/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
802/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000803///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000804/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
805/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
806/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
807/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000808Sema::OwningExprResult
809Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
810 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000811 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000812 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000813 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000814 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000816
817 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
818 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
819 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
820 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000821 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000822 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000823 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
824 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000825 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000826 }
827
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000828 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
829 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000830
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000831 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
832 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
833 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
834 : SourceRange());
835 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000836 }
837
838 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000839
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
841 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000842 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
843 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000844 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
845 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000846 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
847 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
848 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000849 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000850 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000851 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000852 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
853 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000854 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000855 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
856 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000857
858 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
859 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
860 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
861 return ExprError();
862
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000863 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
864 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
865 // an error.
866 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
867 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
868 << IV->getDeclName());
869 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
870 // same name exists, use the global.
871 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000872 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
873 ClassDeclared != IFace)
874 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000875 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
876 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000877 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
878 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000879 return Owned(new (Context)
880 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000881 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000882 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000883 }
884 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000885 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
886 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
887 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000888 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000889 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
890 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000891 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
892 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000893 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000894 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000895 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000896 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000897 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000898 QualType T;
899
900 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
901 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
902 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
903 else
904 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000905 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000906 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000907 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000908
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000909 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
910 // argument-dependent lookup.
911 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
912 HasTrailingLParen;
913
914 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000915 // We've seen something of the form
916 //
917 // identifier(
918 //
919 // and we did not find any entity by the name
920 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
921 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
922 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
923 Context.OverloadTy,
924 Loc));
925 }
926
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000927 if (D == 0) {
928 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
929 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000930 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000931 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000932 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000933 else {
934 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
935 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000936 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000937 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
938 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000939 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
940 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000941 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
942 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000943 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000944 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000945 }
946 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000947
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000948 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
949 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
950 // not any specific instance's member.
951 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000952 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000953 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000954 QualType DType;
955 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
956 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
957 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
958 DType = Method->getType();
959 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
960 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
961 }
962 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
963 if (!DType.isNull()) {
964 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
965 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000966 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000967 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000968 }
969 }
970 }
971
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000972 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
973 // (C++ [class.union]).
974 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
975 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
976 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000977
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000978 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
979 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
980 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
981 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
982 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
983 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
984 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
985 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
986 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
987 QualType MemberType;
988 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
989 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
990 MemberType = FD->getType();
991
992 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
993 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
994 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
995 unsigned combinedQualifiers
996 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
997 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
998 }
999 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1000 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1001 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1002 MemberType = Method->getType();
1003 }
1004 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1005 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1006 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1007 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1008 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1009 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1010 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1011 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1012 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1013 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1014 break;
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001018
1019 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001020 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1021 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1022 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1023 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1024 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1025 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001026 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001027 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001028 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001029 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 }
1034
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001035 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001036 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1037 if (MD->isStatic())
1038 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1040 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 }
1042
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1044 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1045 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001046 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1047 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001048 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001049
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001050 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001052 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001054 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001056
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001057 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001058 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001059 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1060 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001061 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1062 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1063 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001064 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001065
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001066 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1067 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1068 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1069 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1070 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1071 return ExprError();
1072
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001073 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001074 // Warn about constructs like:
1075 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1076 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001077
1078 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
1079 // information to check this property.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001080 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1081 Scope *CheckS = S;
1082 while (CheckS) {
1083 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001084 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001085 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001086 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1087 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001088 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001089 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1090 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001091 break;
1092 }
1093
1094 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1095 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1096 if (CheckS)
1097 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1098 }
1099 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001100 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1101 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1102 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1103 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1104 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1105 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1106 // type.
1107 QualType T = Func->getType();
1108 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001109 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1110 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001111 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1112 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001113 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001114
1115 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1116 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001117 return ExprError();
1118
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001119 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1120 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1121 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1122 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001123 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001124 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1125 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1126 //
1127 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001128 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001129 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1130 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001131 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001133 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001134 ExprTy.addConst();
1135 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001136 }
1137 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1138 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001139
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001140 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001141 bool ValueDependent = false;
1142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1143 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1144 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1145 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1146 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1147 TypeDependent = true;
1148 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1149 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1150 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1151 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1152 TypeDependent = true;
1153 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1154 // names a dependent type.
1155 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001156 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001157 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1158 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001159 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001160 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1161 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1162 TypeDependent = true;
1163 break;
1164 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001165 }
1166 }
1167 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001168
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001169 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1170 //
1171 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1172 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1173 if (TypeDependent)
1174 ValueDependent = true;
1175 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1176 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1177 ValueDependent = true;
1178 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1179 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001180 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1181 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1182 Dcl->getInit()) {
1183 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1184 }
1185 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001186 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001187
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001188 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1189 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001190}
1191
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001192Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1193 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001194 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001196 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001197 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001198 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1199 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1200 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001201 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001202
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001203 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1204 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001205 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001206 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1207 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001208 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1209 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1210 else {
1211 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1212 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1213 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1214 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001215
1216
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001217 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001218 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001219 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001220 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001221}
1222
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001223Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001224 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1225 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1226 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1227 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001228
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001229 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1230 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1231 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001233
1234 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1235
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001236 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1237 Literal.isWide(),
1238 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001239}
1240
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001241Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1242 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001243 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1244 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001245 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001246 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001247 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001248 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001249 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001250
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001251 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001252 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1253 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001254 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001256 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1257 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001258
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001259 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1260 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1261 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001262 return ExprError();
1263
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001264 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001266 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001267 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001268 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001269 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001270 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001271 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001272 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001273 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001274
1275 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1276
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001277 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1278 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001279 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1280 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001281
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001282 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001283 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001284 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001285 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001286
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001287 // long long is a C99 feature.
1288 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001289 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001290 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1291
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001292 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001293 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001294
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001295 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1296 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1297 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001298 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1299 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001300 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001301 } else {
1302 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1303 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001304
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001305 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1306 // be an unsigned int.
1307 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1308
1309 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001310 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001311 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1312 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001313 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001314
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001315 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1316 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1317 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1318 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001319 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001320 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001321 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001322 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001323 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001324 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001325
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001326 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001327 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001328 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001329
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001330 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1331 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1332 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1333 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001334 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001335 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001336 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001337 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001338 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001339 }
1340
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001341 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001342 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001343 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001344
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001345 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1346 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1347 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1348 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001349 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001350 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001351 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001352 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001353 }
1354 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001355
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001356 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1357 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001358 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001359 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001360 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001361 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001362 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001364 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1365 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001366 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001367 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001368 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001369
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001370 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1371 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001372 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1373 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001374
1375 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001376}
1377
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001378Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1379 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001380 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001381 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001382 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001383}
1384
1385/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1386/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001387bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001388 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1389 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1390 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001391 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1392 return false;
1393
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001394 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001395 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001396 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001397 if (isSizeof)
1398 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1399 return false;
1400 }
1401
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001402 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001403 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001404 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1405 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001406 return false;
1407 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001408
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001409 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1410 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1411 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1412 ExprRange))
1413 return true;
1414
1415 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001416 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001417 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001418 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1419 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001420 }
1421
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001422 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001423}
1424
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001425bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1426 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1427 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001428
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001429 // alignof decl is always ok.
1430 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1431 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001432
1433 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1434 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1435 return false;
1436
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001437 if (E->getBitField()) {
1438 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1439 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001440 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001441
1442 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1443 // bit-field.
1444 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1445 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1446 return false;
1447
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001448 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1449}
1450
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001451/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1452Action::OwningExprResult
1453Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1454 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1455 if (T.isNull())
1456 return ExprError();
1457
1458 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1459 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1460 return ExprError();
1461
1462 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1463 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1464 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1465 R.getEnd()));
1466}
1467
1468/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1469/// operand.
1470Action::OwningExprResult
1471Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1472 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1473 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1474 bool isInvalid = false;
1475 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1476 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1477 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1478 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001479 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001480 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1481 isInvalid = true;
1482 } else {
1483 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1484 }
1485
1486 if (isInvalid)
1487 return ExprError();
1488
1489 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1490 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1491 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1492 R.getEnd()));
1493}
1494
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001495/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1496/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1497/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001498Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001499Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1500 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001501 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001502 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001503
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001504 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001505 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1506 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1507 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001508
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001509 // Get the end location.
1510 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1511 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1512 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1513
1514 if (Result.isInvalid())
1515 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1516
1517 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001518}
1519
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001520QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001521 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1522 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001523
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001524 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001525 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1526 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001527
1528 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1529 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1530 return V->getType();
1531
1532 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001533 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1534 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001535 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001536}
1537
1538
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001539
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001540Action::OwningExprResult
1541Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1542 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1543 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001544
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001545 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1546 switch (Kind) {
1547 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1548 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1549 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1550 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001552 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1553 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1554 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001555 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001556 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1557
1558 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1559 //
1560 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1561 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1562 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1563 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1564 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1565 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1566 // argument will have value zero.
1567 Expr *Args[2] = {
1568 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001569 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1570 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001571 };
1572
1573 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1574 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001575 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001576
1577 // Perform overload resolution.
1578 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1579 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1580 case OR_Success: {
1581 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1582 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1583
1584 if (FnDecl) {
1585 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1586 // operator.
1587
1588 // Convert the arguments.
1589 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1590 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001591 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001592 } else {
1593 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001594 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001595 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1596 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001597 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001598 }
1599
1600 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001601 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001602 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1603 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001606 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001607 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001608 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1609
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001611 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001612 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1613 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1614 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001615 } else {
1616 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1617 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1618 // operator node.
1619 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1620 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001621 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001622
1623 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001624 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001625 }
1626
1627 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1628 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1629 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1630 break;
1631
1632 case OR_Ambiguous:
1633 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1634 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1635 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1636 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001638
1639 case OR_Deleted:
1640 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1641 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1642 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1643 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1644 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1645 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001646 }
1647
1648 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1649 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1650 // build a built-in operation.
1651 }
1652
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001653 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1654 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001655 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001656 return ExprError();
1657 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001658 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001659}
1660
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661Action::OwningExprResult
1662Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1663 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1664 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1665 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001666
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001667 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001668 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1669 Base.release();
1670 Idx.release();
1671 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1672 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1673 }
1674
1675 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001676 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001677 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1678 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1679 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001680 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1681 // to the candidate set.
1682 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1683 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001684 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1685 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001686
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001687 // Perform overload resolution.
1688 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1689 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1690 case OR_Success: {
1691 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1692 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1693
1694 if (FnDecl) {
1695 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1696 // operator.
1697
1698 // Convert the arguments.
1699 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1700 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1701 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1702 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1703 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001705 } else {
1706 // Convert the arguments.
1707 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1708 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1709 "passing") ||
1710 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1711 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1712 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001713 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001714 }
1715
1716 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001717 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001718 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1719 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001720
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001721 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001722 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1723 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001724 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1725
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001726 Base.release();
1727 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001728 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1729 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001730 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1731 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001732 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001733 } else {
1734 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1735 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1736 // operator node.
1737 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1738 "passing") ||
1739 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1740 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001741 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001742
1743 break;
1744 }
1745 }
1746
1747 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1748 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1749 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1750 break;
1751
1752 case OR_Ambiguous:
1753 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1754 << "[]"
1755 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1756 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001757 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001758
1759 case OR_Deleted:
1760 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1761 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1762 << "[]"
1763 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1764 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1765 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001766 }
1767
1768 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1769 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1770 // build a built-in operation.
1771 }
1772
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001773 // Perform default conversions.
1774 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1775 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001776
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001777 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1778
1779 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001780 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001781 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001782 // and index from the expression types.
1783 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1784 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001785 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1786 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1787 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1788 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1789 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001790 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1791 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001792 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001793 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001794 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1795 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1796 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001797 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001798 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1799 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001800 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001801
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001802 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1803 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001804 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1805 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1806 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1807 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1808 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1809 // force the promotion here.
1810 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1811 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1812 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1813 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1814
1815 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1816 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1817 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1818 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1819 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1820 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1821 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1822 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1823 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1824
1825 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1826 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1827 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001828 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001829 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1830 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001831 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001832 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001833 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001834 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1835 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001836
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001837 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1838 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1839 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1840 // incomplete types are not object types.
1841 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1842 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1843 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1844 return ExprError();
1845 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001846
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001847 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001848 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001849 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1850 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001851
1852 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1853 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1854 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1855 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1856 return ExprError();
1857 }
1858
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859 Base.release();
1860 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001861 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001862 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001863}
1864
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001865QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001866CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001867 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001868 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001869
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001870 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1871 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001872
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001873 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001874 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1875 // to be selected.
1876 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001877
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001878 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1879 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1880 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001881
1882 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1883 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001884 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001885 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1886 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001887 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001888 do
1889 compStr++;
1890 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001891 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001892 do
1893 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001894 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001895 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001896
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001897 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001898 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1899 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001900 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1901 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001902 return QualType();
1903 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001904
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001905 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1906 // operates on.
1907 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1908 compStr = CompName.getName();
1909
1910 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001911 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001912
1913 while (*compStr) {
1914 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1915 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1916 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1917 return QualType();
1918 }
1919 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001920 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001921
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001922 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1923 // number of elements.
1924 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001925 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001926 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001927 return QualType();
1928 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001929
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001930 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001931 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001933 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001934 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001935 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1936 : CompName.getLength();
1937 if (HexSwizzle)
1938 CompSize--;
1939
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001940 if (CompSize == 1)
1941 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001942
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001943 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001944 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001945 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1946 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1947 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1948 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001949 }
1950 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001951}
1952
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001953static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1954 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001955 const Selector &Sel,
1956 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001957
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001958 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001959 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001960 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001961 return OMD;
1962
1963 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1964 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001965 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1966 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001967 return D;
1968 }
1969 return 0;
1970}
1971
1972static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1973 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001974 const Selector &Sel,
1975 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001976 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1977 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1978 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1979 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001980 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001981 GDecl = PD;
1982 break;
1983 }
1984 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001985 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001986 GDecl = OMD;
1987 break;
1988 }
1989 }
1990 if (!GDecl) {
1991 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1992 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1993 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001994 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001995 if (GDecl)
1996 return GDecl;
1997 }
1998 }
1999 return GDecl;
2000}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002001
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002002/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2003/// all base class implementations.
2004///
2005ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2006 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2007 const Selector &Sel) {
2008 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002009 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2010 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002011 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002012
2013 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2014 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2015 return Method;
2016}
2017
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002018Action::OwningExprResult
2019Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2020 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002021 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002022 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002023 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002024 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002025
2026 // Perform default conversions.
2027 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002028
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002029 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2030 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002031
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002032 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2033 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002034 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002035 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002036 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2037 BaseExpr, true,
2038 OpLoc,
2039 DeclarationName(&Member),
2040 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002041 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002042 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002043 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002044 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2045 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002046 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002047 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2048 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2049 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002050 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002051 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2052 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2053 // (so we'll report an error for)
2054 // T* t;
2055 // t.f;
2056 //
2057 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2058 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2059 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2060 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2061
2062 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2063 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002064 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2065 BaseExpr, false,
2066 OpLoc,
2067 DeclarationName(&Member),
2068 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002069 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002070 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002071
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002072 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2073 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002074 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002075 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002076 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002077 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2078 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2079 return ExprError();
2080
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002081 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002082 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002083 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002084 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002085 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002086
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002087 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002088 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2089 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002090 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002091 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2092 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2093 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002094 }
2095
2096 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002097
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002098 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2099 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2100 // error cases.
2101 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2102 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002103
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002104 // Check the use of this field
2105 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2106 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002107
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002108 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002109 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2110 // (C++ [class.union]).
2111 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002112 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002113 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002114
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002115 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2116 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002117 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002118 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2119 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2120 else {
2121 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2122 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002123 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002124 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2125 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2126 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002127
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002128 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2129 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002130 }
2131
2132 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002133 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002134 Var, MemberLoc,
2135 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2136 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002137 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002138 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2139 MemberFn->getType()));
2140 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2141 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002142 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002143 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2144 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002145 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2146 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002147 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002148 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2149 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002150
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002151 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2152 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2153 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002154 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2155 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2156 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002157 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002158
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002159 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2160 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002161 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002162 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002163 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2164 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002165 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002166 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2167 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2168 // error cases.
2169 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2170 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002171
2172 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2173 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2174 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002175 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2176 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002177 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2178 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2179 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002180 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2181 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2182 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002183 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2184 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2185 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2186 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002187 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002188 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2189 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2190 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2191 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2192 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2193 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002194 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002195
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002196 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002197 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002198 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002199 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2200 }
2201 // @protected
2202 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2203 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2204 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002205
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002206 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002207 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002208 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002209 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002210 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2211 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2212 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002213 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002214
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002215 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2216 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2217 const PointerType *PTy;
2218 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2219 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2220 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2221 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002222
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002223 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002224 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2225 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002226 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2227 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2228 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002229 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2230 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2231 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002232 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2233 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002234 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002235 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2236 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002237
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002238 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002239 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2240 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002241 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2242 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002243 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2244 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2245 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002246
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002247 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002248 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2249 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002250
2251 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2252 // selector is implemented.
2253
2254 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2255 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2256
2257 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002258 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002259
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002260 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2261 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002262 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002263
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002264 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2265 if (!Getter) {
2266 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2267 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002268 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002269 }
2270 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002271 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002272 // Check if we can reference this property.
2273 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2274 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002275 }
2276 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2277 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2278 Selector SetterSel =
2279 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2280 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002281 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002282 if (!Setter) {
2283 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2284 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002285 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002286 }
2287 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2288 if (!Setter) {
2289 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2290 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002291 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002292 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002293 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002294
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002295 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2296 return ExprError();
2297
2298 if (Getter || Setter) {
2299 QualType PType;
2300
2301 if (Getter)
2302 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2303 else {
2304 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2305 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2306 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2307 }
2308 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2309 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2310 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2311 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002312 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2313 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002314 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002315 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2316 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2317 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2318 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002319 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002320 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002321 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002322 // Check the use of this declaration
2323 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2324 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002325
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002326 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002327 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2328 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002329 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002330 // Check the use of this method.
2331 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2332 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002333
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002334 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002335 OMD->getResultType(),
2336 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2337 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002338 }
2339 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002340
2341 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2342 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002343 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002344 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2345 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2346 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2347 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2348 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002349 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2350 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002351 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002352 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002353 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002354 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002355 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002356 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002357 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2358 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2359 Selector SetterSel =
2360 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2361 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002362 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002363 if (!Setter) {
2364 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2365 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002366 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002367 }
2368 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2369 if (!Setter) {
2370 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2371 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002372 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002373 }
2374 }
2375
2376 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2377 return ExprError();
2378
2379 if (Getter || Setter) {
2380 QualType PType;
2381
2382 if (Getter)
2383 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2384 else {
2385 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2386 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2387 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2388 }
2389 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2390 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2391 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2392 }
2393 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2394 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002395 }
2396 }
2397
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002398 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002399 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002400 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2401 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002402 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002403 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002404 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002405 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002406
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002407 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2408 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2409
2410 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2411 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2412 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2413 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2414 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2415 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2416 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2417 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2418 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2419 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2420 }
2421
2422 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002423}
2424
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002425/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2426/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2427/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2428/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2429/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2430/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002431bool
2432Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002433 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002434 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002435 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2436 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002437 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002438 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2439 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2440 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002441 bool Invalid = false;
2442
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002443 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2444 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2445 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2446 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2447 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2448 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2449 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2450 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002451 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002452 }
2453
2454 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2455 // them.
2456 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2457 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2458 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2459 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2460 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2461 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2462 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2463 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002464 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002465 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002466 }
2467 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2468 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002469
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002470 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2471 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2472 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002473
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002474 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002475 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002476 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002477
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002478 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2479 ProtoArgType,
2480 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2481 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2482 return true;
2483
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002484 // Pass the argument.
2485 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2486 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002487 } else {
2488 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2489 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2490 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2491 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2492 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2493 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2494 }
2495
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002496 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002497 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002498 }
2499
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002500 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002501
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002502 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2503 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002504
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002505 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2506 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002507 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2508 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2509 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2510 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2511 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2512
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002513 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2514 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2515 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002516 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002517 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2518 }
2519 }
2520
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002521 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002522}
2523
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002524/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002525/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2526/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002527Action::OwningExprResult
2528Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2529 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002530 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002531 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002532 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002533 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002534 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002535 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002536 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002537 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002538
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002539 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002540 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002541 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002542 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2543 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002544 bool Dependent = false;
2545 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2546 Dependent = true;
2547 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2548 Dependent = true;
2549
2550 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002551 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002552 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2553
2554 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2555 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2556 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2557 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2558
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002559 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002560 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2561 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2562 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002563 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2564 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002565 }
2566
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002567 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002568 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002569 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2570 bool ADL = true;
2571 while (true) {
2572 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2573 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2574 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002575 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002576 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002577 ADL = false;
2578 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2579 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002580 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002581 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2582 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002583 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2584 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2585 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2586 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002587 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002588 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2589 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2590 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002591 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002592 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2593 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2594 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002595 break;
2596 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002597 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002598
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002599 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2600 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002601 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002602 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002603 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002604 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002605
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002606 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002607 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002608 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002609 ADL = false;
2610
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002611 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2612 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2613 ADL = false;
2614
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002615 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002616 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2617 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002618 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2619 if (!FDecl)
2620 return ExprError();
2621
2622 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2623 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002624 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002625 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002626 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2627 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2628 false, false,
2629 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2630 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002631 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002632 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002633 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2634 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2635 Fn = NewFn;
2636 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002637 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002638
2639 // Promote the function operand.
2640 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2641
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002642 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2643 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002644 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2645 Args, NumArgs,
2646 Context.BoolTy,
2647 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002648
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002649 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2650 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2651 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2652 // have type pointer to function".
2653 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2654 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002655 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2656 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002657 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2658 } else { // This is a block call.
2659 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2660 getAsFunctionType();
2661 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002662 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002663 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2664 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2665
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002666 // Check for a valid return type
2667 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2668 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2669 FuncT->getResultType(),
2670 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2671 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2672 return ExprError();
2673
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002674 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002675 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002676
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002677 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002678 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002679 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002680 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002681 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002682 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002683
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002684 if (FDecl) {
2685 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2686 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2687 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002688 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
2689 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2690 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2691 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2692 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2693 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2694 }
2695 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002696 }
2697
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002698 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002699 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2700 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2701 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002702 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2703 Arg->getType(),
2704 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2705 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2706 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002707 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002708 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002709 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002710
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002711 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2712 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002713 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2714 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002715
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002716 // Check for sentinels
2717 if (NDecl)
2718 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002719 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002720 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002721 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002722 if (NDecl)
2723 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002724
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002725 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002726}
2727
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002728Action::OwningExprResult
2729Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2730 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002731 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002732 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2733 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002734 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002735 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002736
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002737 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002738 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002739 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2740 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002741 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2742 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2743 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002744 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002745 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002746
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002747 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002748 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002749 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002750
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002751 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002752 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002753 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002754 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002755 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002756 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002757 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002758 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002759}
2760
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002761Action::OwningExprResult
2762Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002763 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2764 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2765 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002766
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002767 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002768 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002769
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002770 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002771 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002772 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002773 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002774}
2775
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002776/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002777bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002778 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2779
2780 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2781 // type needs to be scalar.
2782 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2783 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002784 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2785 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002786 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002787 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2788 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2789 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2790 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002791 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002792 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2793 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2794 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2795 // GCC cast to union extension
2796 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2797 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002798 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002799 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2800 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2801 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2802 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2803 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2804 break;
2805 }
2806 }
2807 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2808 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2809 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2810 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002811 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002812 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002813 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002814 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002815 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002816 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002817 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2818 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002819 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002820 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2821 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2822 return true;
2823 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2824 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2825 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002826 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002827 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002828 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2829 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2830 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2831 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2832 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2833 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2834 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2835 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2836 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2837 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2838 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002839 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002840 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2841 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002842 return false;
2843}
2844
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002845bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002846 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002847
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002848 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002849 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002850 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002851 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002852 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002853 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002854 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002855 } else
2856 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002857 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002858 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002859
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002860 return false;
2861}
2862
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002863Action::OwningExprResult
2864Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2865 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2866 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2867 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002868
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002869 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002870 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2871
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002872 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002873 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002874 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002875 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002876}
2877
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002878/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2879/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002880/// C99 6.5.15
2881QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2882 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002883 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2884 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2885 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2886
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002887 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2888 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2889 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2890 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2891 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2892 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002893
2894 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002895 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2896 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2897 << CondTy;
2898 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002899 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002900
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002901 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002902
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002903 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2904 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002905 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2906 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2907 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002908 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002909
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002910 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2911 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002912 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2913 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002914 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002915 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002916 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002917 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002918 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002919 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002920
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002921 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002922 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002923 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2924 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2925 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2926 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2927 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2928 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2929 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2930 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2931 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002932 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002933 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002934 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2935 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002936 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2937 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2938 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2939 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2940 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002941 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002942 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2943 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2944 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2945 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2946 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002947 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002948
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002949 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2950 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2951 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2952 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2953
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002954 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2955 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002956 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2957 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002958 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2959 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2960 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2961 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002962
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002963 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2964 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2965 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2966 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2967 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2968 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2969 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2970 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2971 return destType;
2972 }
2973 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2974 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2975 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2976 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2977 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2978 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2979 return destType;
2980 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002981
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002982 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2983 if (sameKind
2984 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2985 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2986 return LHSTy;
2987 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002988
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002989 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002990
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002991 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2992 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2993 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
2994 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
2995 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2996 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2997 // type. This allows
2998 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2999 // where B is a subclass of A.
3000 //
3001 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3002 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3003 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3004 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003005
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003006 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3007 // It could return the composite type.
3008 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3009 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3010 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3011 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3012 compositeType = LHSTy;
3013 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3014 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3015 compositeType = RHSTy;
3016 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3017 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3018 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3019 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3020 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003021 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3022 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003023 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3024 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3025 return QualType();
3026 } else {
3027 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3028 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3029 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3030 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003031 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3032 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003033 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003034 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003035 } else if (!sameKind
3036 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3037 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3038 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3039 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3040 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3041 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3042 // to get a consistent AST.
3043 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3044 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3045 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3046 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003047 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003048 // The pointer types are compatible.
3049 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3050 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3051 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3052 // type.
3053 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3054 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3055 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3056 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3057 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003058 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003059
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003060 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3061 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3062 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3063 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3064 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3065 return RHSTy;
3066 }
3067 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3068 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3069 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3070 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3071 return LHSTy;
3072 }
3073
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003074 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3075 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003076 // id with statically typed objects).
3077 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003078 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3079 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3080 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003081 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003082 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003083 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3084 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3085 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003086 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3087 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3088 // change the type of method sends.
3089
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003090 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3091 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3092 // cases. Investigate.
3093 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003094 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3095 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003096 return compositeType;
3097 }
3098 }
3099
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003100 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003101 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3102 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003103 return QualType();
3104}
3105
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003106/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003107/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003108Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3109 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3110 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3111 ExprArg RHS) {
3112 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3113 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003114
3115 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3116 // was the condition.
3117 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3118 if (isLHSNull)
3119 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003120
3121 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003122 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3123 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003124 return ExprError();
3125
3126 Cond.release();
3127 LHS.release();
3128 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003129 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003130 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3131 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003132}
3133
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003134
3135// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003136// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003137// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3138// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3139// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003140Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003141Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3142 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003143
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003144 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003145 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3146 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003147
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003148 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003149 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3150 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003151
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003152 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003153
3154 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3155 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3156 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003157 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003158 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003159 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003160
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003161 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3162 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003163 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003164 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003165 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003166 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003167
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003168 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003169 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3170 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003171 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003172
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003173 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003174 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003175 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003176
3177 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003178 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3179 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003180 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003181 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003182 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003183 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3184 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3185 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3186 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3187 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3188 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3189 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3190 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3191 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3192 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3193 }
3194 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3195 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3196 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3197 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3198 }
3199 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3200 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3201 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3202 // warning can be disabled.
3203 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3204 return ConvTy;
3205 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3206 }
3207 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3208 return IncompatiblePointer;
3209 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003210 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003211}
3212
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003213/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3214/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3215/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3216// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003217Sema::AssignConvertType
3218Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003219 QualType rhsType) {
3220 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003221
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003222 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3223 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003224 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3225
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003226 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3227 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3228 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003229
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003230 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003231
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003232 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3233 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3234 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003235
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003236 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003237 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003238 return ConvTy;
3239}
3240
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003241/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3242/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003243/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3244///
3245/// int a, *pint;
3246/// short *pshort;
3247/// struct foo *pfoo;
3248///
3249/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3250/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3251/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3252/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3253///
3254/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003255/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003256///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003257Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003258Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003259 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3260 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003261 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3262 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003263
3264 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003265 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003266
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003267 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3268 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3269 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3270 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3271 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3272 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3273 // type.
3274 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3275 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003276 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003277 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003278 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003279
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003280 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3281 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003282 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003283 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3284 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3285 return IntToPointer;
3286 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3287 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003288 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003289 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003290
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003291 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003292 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003293 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3294 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003295 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003296
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003297 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003298 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003299 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003300 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3301 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003302 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003303 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003304 }
3305 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003306 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003307
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003308 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003309 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003310
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003311 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003312 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003313 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003314
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003315 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003316 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003317
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003318 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003319 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003320 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003321
3322 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3323 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3324 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3325 return Compatible;
3326 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003327 return Incompatible;
3328 }
3329
3330 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3331 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003332 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003333
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003334 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3335 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3336 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3337 return Compatible;
3338
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003339 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3340 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003341
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003342 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3343 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003344 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003345 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003346 return Incompatible;
3347 }
3348
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003349 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003350 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003351 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3352 return Compatible;
3353
3354 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003355 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003356
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003357 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003358 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003359
3360 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003361 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003362 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003363 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003364 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003365
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003366 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003367 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003368 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003369 }
3370 return Incompatible;
3371}
3372
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003373/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3374/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3375static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3376 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3377 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3378 // of the transparent union.
3379 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3380 &E, 1,
3381 SourceLocation());
3382 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3383 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3384
3385 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3386 // union type from this initializer list.
3387 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3388 false);
3389}
3390
3391Sema::AssignConvertType
3392Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3393 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3394
3395 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3396 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3397 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3398 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3399 return Incompatible;
3400
3401 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3402 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3403 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3404 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3405 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3406 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3407 it != itend; ++it) {
3408 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3409 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3410 // 1) void pointer
3411 // 2) null pointer constant
3412 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3413 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3414 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3415 InitField = *it;
3416 break;
3417 }
3418
3419 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3420 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3421 InitField = *it;
3422 break;
3423 }
3424 }
3425
3426 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3427 == Compatible) {
3428 InitField = *it;
3429 break;
3430 }
3431 }
3432
3433 if (!InitField)
3434 return Incompatible;
3435
3436 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3437 return Compatible;
3438}
3439
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003440Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003441Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003442 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3443 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3444 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3445 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3446 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003447 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3448 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003449 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003450 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003451 }
3452
3453 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3454 // structures.
3455 }
3456
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003457 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3458 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003459 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3460 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003461 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003462 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003463 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003464 return Compatible;
3465 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003466
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003467 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003468 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003469 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003470 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003471 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003472 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003473 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3474 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003475
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003476 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3477 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003478
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003479 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3480 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003481 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3482 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3483 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3484 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003485 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003486 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003487 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003488}
3489
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003490QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003491 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003492 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003493 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003494 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003495}
3496
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003497inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003498 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003499 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003500 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003501 QualType lhsType =
3502 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3503 QualType rhsType =
3504 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003505
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003506 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003507 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003508 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003509
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003510 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3511 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003512 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3513 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3514 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003515 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3516 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003517 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003518 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003519 }
3520 }
3521 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003522
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003523 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3524 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003525 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003526 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003527
3528 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003529 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3530 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003531 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003532 return lhsType;
3533 }
3534 }
3535
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003536 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003537 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003538 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003539 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3540
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003541 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003542 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3543 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003544 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003545 return rhsType;
3546 }
3547 }
3548
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003549 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003550 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003551 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003552 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003553 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003554}
3555
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003556inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003557 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003558{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003559 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003560 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003561
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003562 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003563
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003564 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003565 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003566 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003567}
3568
3569inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003570 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003571{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003572 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3573 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3574 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3575 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3576 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003577
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003578 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003579
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003580 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003581 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003582 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003583}
3584
3585inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003586 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003587{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003588 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3589 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3590 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3591 return compType;
3592 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003593
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003594 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003595
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003596 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003597 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3598 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3599 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003600 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003601 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003602
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003603 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3604 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3605 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3606 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3607
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003608 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003609 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003610 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3611 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3612 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003613 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3614 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003615 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003616 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003617 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003618
3619 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3620 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3621 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003622 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003623 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3624 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3625 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3626 return QualType();
3627 }
3628
3629 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3630 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3631 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3632 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003633 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003634 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003635 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3636 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003637 return QualType();
3638
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003639 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3640 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3642 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3643 return QualType();
3644 }
3645
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003646 if (CompLHSTy) {
3647 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3648 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3649 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003650 else {
3651 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3652 if (!T.isNull())
3653 LHSTy = T;
3654 }
3655
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003656 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3657 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003658 return PExp->getType();
3659 }
3660 }
3661
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003662 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003663}
3664
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003665// C99 6.5.6
3666QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003667 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3668 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3669 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3670 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3671 return compType;
3672 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003673
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003674 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003675
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003676 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003677
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003678 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003679 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3680 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003681 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003682 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003683 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003684
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003685 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3686 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003687 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003689 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003690
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003691 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3692 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3693 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3694 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3695 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3696 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3697 return QualType();
3698 }
3699
3700 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3701 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3702 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3703 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3704 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003705 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003706 return QualType();
3707 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003708
3709 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3710 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3711 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3712 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3713 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3714 lex->getSourceRange(),
3715 SourceRange(),
3716 lex->getType()))
3717 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003718
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003719 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3720 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3721 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3722 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3723 return QualType();
3724 }
3725
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003726 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003727 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3728 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3729 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3730 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3731 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3732 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3733 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3734 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3735
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003736 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003737 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003738 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003739
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003740 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3741 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003742 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003743
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003744 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3745 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3746 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3747 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3748 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3749 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3750 return QualType();
3751 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003752
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003753 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3754 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3755 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3756 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003757 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003758 return QualType();
3759 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003760
3761 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3762 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3763 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3764 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3765 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3766 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3767 rex->getSourceRange(),
3768 SourceRange(),
3769 rex->getType()))
3770 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003771
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003772 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3773 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3774 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3775 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3776 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3777 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3778 return QualType();
3779 }
3780 } else {
3781 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3782 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3783 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3784 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3785 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3786 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3787 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3788 return QualType();
3789 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003790 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003791
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003792 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3793 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3794 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3795 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3796 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3797 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3798 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003799
3800 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003801 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3802 }
3803 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003804
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003805 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003806}
3807
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003808// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003809QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003810 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003811 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3812 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003813 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003814
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003815 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3816 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003817 QualType LHSTy;
3818 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3819 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003820 else {
3821 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3822 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3823 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3824 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003825 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003826 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3827
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003828 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003829
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003830 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003831 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003832}
3833
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003834// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003835QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003836 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3837 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3838
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003839 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003840 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003842 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003843 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3844 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3845 else {
3846 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3847 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3848 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003849 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3850 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003851
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003852 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3853 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003854 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3855 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3856 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003857 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3858 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003859 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3860 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3861 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3862 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003863 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3864 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003865 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003866
3867 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3868 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3869 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3870 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3871
3872 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3873 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003874 Expr *literalString = 0;
3875 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003876 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003877 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3878 literalString = lex;
3879 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3880 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003881 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3882 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003883 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3884 literalString = rex;
3885 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3886 }
3887
3888 if (literalString) {
3889 std::string resultComparison;
3890 switch (Opc) {
3891 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3892 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3893 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3894 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3895 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3896 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3897 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3898 }
3899 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3900 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3901 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003902 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3903 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3904 "strcmp(")
3905 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3906 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003907 resultComparison);
3908 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003909 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003910
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003911 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003912 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003913
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003914 if (isRelational) {
3915 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003916 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003917 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003918 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003919 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003920 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003921 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003922 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003923
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003924 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003925 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003926 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003927
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003928 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3929 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003930
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003931 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3932 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3933 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003934 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003935 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003936 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003937 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003938 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003939
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003940 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3941 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3942 return ResultTy;
3943
3944 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3945 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3946 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3947 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3948 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3949 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3950 //
3951 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3952 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003953 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003954 if (T.isNull()) {
3955 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3956 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3957 return QualType();
3958 }
3959
3960 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3961 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3962 return ResultTy;
3963 }
3964
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003965 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003966 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3967 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003968 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003969 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003970 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003971 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003972 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003973 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003974 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003975 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003976 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3977 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3978 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3979 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3980 return ResultTy;
3981 }
3982 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3983 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
3984 return ResultTy;
3985 }
3986 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
3987 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
3988 return ResultTy;
3989 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003990 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003991 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003992 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3993 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003994
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003995 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003996 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003997 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003998 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003999 }
4000 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004001 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004002 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004003 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004004 if (!isRelational
4005 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4006 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004007 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004008 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4009 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4010 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4011 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4012 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4013 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004014 }
4015 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004016 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004017 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004018
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004019 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004020 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004021 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4022 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004023 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004024 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004025 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004026 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004027
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004028 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4029 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004030 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004031 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004032 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004033 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004034 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004035 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004036 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004037 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004038 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4039 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004040 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004041 } else {
4042 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004043 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004044 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004045 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004046 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004047 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004048 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004049 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004050 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004051 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004052 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004053 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004054 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004055 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004056 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004057 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004058 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004059 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004060 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004061 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004062 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004063 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004064 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004065 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004066 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004067 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4068 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004069 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004070 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004071 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004072 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4073 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004074 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004075 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004076 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004077 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004078}
4079
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004080/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004081/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004082/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4083/// types.
4084QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004085 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004086 bool isRelational) {
4087 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4088 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004089 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004090 if (vType.isNull())
4091 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004092
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004093 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4094 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004095
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004096 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4097 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4098 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4099 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4100 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4101 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4102 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004103 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004104 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004105
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004106 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4107 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4108 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004109 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004110 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004111
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004112 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4113 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4114 if (1) {
4115 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4116 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4117 return QualType();
4118 }
4119
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004120 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4121 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4122 // elements for floating point vectors.
4123 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4124 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004125
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004126 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004127 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004128 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004129 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004130 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004131 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4132
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004133 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004134 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004135 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4136}
4137
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004138inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004139 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004140{
4141 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004142 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004143
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004144 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004145
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004146 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004147 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004148 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004149}
4150
4151inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004152 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004153{
4154 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4155 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004156
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004157 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004158 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004159 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004160}
4161
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004162/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4163/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4164/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4165///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004166static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004167{
4168 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4169 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4170 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4171 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4172 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004173 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004174 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4175 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4176 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4177 return true;
4178 }
4179 }
4180 return false;
4181}
4182
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004183/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4184/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4185static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004186 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4187 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4188 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004189 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4190 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004191 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4192 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004193
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004194 unsigned Diag = 0;
4195 bool NeedType = false;
4196 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4197 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4198 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004199 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004200 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4201 NeedType = true;
4202 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004203 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004204 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4205 NeedType = true;
4206 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004207 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004208 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4209 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004210 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004211 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4212 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004213 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4214 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004215 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004216 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4217 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004218 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004219 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4220 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004221 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004222 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4223 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004224 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4225 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4226 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004227 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4228 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4229 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004230 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004231
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004232 SourceRange Assign;
4233 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4234 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004235 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004236 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004237 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004238 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004239 return true;
4240}
4241
4242
4243
4244// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004245QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4246 SourceLocation Loc,
4247 QualType CompoundType) {
4248 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4249 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004250 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004251
4252 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4253 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004254
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004255 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004256 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004257 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004258 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004259 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4260 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4261 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4262 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4263 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4264 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4265 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004266
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004267 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4268 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4269 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004270 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004271 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4272 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4273 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4274 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4275 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004276 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004277 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004278 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4279 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4280 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004281 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4282 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004283 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4284 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4285 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004286 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004287 }
4288 } else {
4289 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004290 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004291 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004292
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004293 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4294 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004295 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004296
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004297 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4298 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004299 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004300 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4301 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004302 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004303 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004304 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004305}
4306
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004307// C99 6.5.17
4308QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004309 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004310 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004311
4312 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4313 // incomplete in C++).
4314
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004315 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004316}
4317
4318/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4319/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004320QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4321 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004322 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4323 return Context.DependentTy;
4324
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004325 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4326 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004327
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4329 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4330 if (!isInc) {
4331 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4332 return QualType();
4333 }
4334 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4335 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4336 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004337 // OK!
4338 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4339 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004340 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004341 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4342 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4343 << Op->getSourceRange();
4344 return QualType();
4345 }
4346
4347 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004348 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004349 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004350 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4351 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4352 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4353 return QualType();
4354 }
4355
4356 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004357 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004358 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4359 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4360 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4361 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004362 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004363 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4364 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4365 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004366 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004367 } else {
4368 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004369 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004370 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004371 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004372 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004373 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004374 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004375 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004376 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004377}
4378
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004379/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004380/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004381/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4382/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4383/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4384/// - &(x) => x
4385/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4386/// - &s.xx => s
4387/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4388/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4389/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4390/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004391static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004392 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004393 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004394 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004395 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004397 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4398 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4399 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004400 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004401 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004402 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004403 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004404 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004405 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4406 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004407 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4408 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4409 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4410 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4411 }
4412 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004413 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004414 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4415 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004416
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004417 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004418 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4419 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4420 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4421 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4422 default:
4423 return 0;
4424 }
4425 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004426 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004427 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004428 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004429 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4430 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004431 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004432 default:
4433 return 0;
4434 }
4435}
4436
4437/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004439/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004441/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004442/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004443/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004444QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004445 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4446 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4447
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004448 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4449 return Context.DependentTy;
4450
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004451 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4452 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4453 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4454 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4455 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4456 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4457 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4458 }
4459 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4460 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4461 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004462 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004463 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004464
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004465 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4466 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004467 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004468 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004469 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004470 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4471 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004472 return QualType();
4473 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004474 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004475 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4476 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4477 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004478 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004479 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4480 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004481 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004482 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004483 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004484 return QualType();
4485 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004486 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004487 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4488 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4489 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004490 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4491 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004492 return QualType();
4493 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004494 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004495 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004496 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4497 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004498 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4499 // scope qualifier for the class.
4500 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4501 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4502 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4503 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4504 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4505 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004506 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004507 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004508 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004509 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4510 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4511 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4512 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004513 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004514 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004515
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004516 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4517 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4518 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4519 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4520 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4521 }
4522
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004523 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4524 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4525}
4526
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004527QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004528 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4529 return Context.DependentTy;
4530
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004531 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4532 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004533
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004534 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4535 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4536 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4537 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4538 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004539 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004541 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004542 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004543 return QualType();
4544}
4545
4546static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4547 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4548 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4549 switch (Kind) {
4550 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004551 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4552 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004553 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4554 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4555 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4556 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4557 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4558 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4559 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4560 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4561 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4562 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4563 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4564 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4565 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4566 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4567 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4568 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4569 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4570 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4571 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4572 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4573 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4574 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4575 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4576 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4577 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4578 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4579 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4580 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4581 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4582 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4583 }
4584 return Opc;
4585}
4586
4587static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4588 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4589 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4590 switch (Kind) {
4591 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4592 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4593 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4594 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4595 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4596 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4597 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4598 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4599 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004600 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4601 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4602 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4603 }
4604 return Opc;
4605}
4606
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004607/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4608/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4609/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004610Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4611 unsigned Op,
4612 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004613 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004614 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004615 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4616 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4617 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004618
4619 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004620 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4621 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4622 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004623 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4624 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4625 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4626 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4627 break;
4628 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004629 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4630 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4631 break;
4632 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4633 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4634 break;
4635 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4636 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4637 break;
4638 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4639 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4640 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004641 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004642 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4643 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4644 break;
4645 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4646 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4647 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4648 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004649 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004650 break;
4651 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4652 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004653 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004654 break;
4655 case BinaryOperator::And:
4656 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4657 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4658 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4659 break;
4660 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4661 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4662 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4663 break;
4664 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4665 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004666 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4667 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4668 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4669 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004670 break;
4671 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004672 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4673 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4674 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4675 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004676 break;
4677 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004678 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4679 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4680 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004681 break;
4682 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004683 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4684 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4685 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004686 break;
4687 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4688 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004689 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4690 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4691 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4692 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004693 break;
4694 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4695 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4696 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004697 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4698 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4699 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4700 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004701 break;
4702 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4703 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4704 break;
4705 }
4706 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004707 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004708 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004709 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4710 else
4711 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004712 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4713 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004714}
4715
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004716// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004717Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4718 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4719 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004720 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004721 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004722
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004723 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4724 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004725
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004726 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4727 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4728 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4729 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4730 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4731 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4732 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004733 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004734 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4735 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4736 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4737 Functions);
4738 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4739 DeclarationName OpName
4740 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4741 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004742 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004743
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004744 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4745 // binary operation.
4746 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004747 }
4748
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004749 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4750 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004751}
4752
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004753Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4754 unsigned OpcIn,
4755 ExprArg InputArg) {
4756 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004757
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004758 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004759 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004760 QualType resultType;
4761 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004762 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4763 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4764 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4765 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4766 break;
4767
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004768 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4769 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004770 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4771 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004772 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004773 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004774 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4775 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004776 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004777 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004778 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4779 break;
4780 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4781 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4782 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4783 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004784 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4785 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004786 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4787 break;
4788 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4789 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4790 break;
4791 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4792 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4793 resultType->isPointerType())
4794 break;
4795
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004796 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4797 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004798 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4799 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4800 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004801 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4802 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004803 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4804 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4805 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004806 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004807 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004808 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004809 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4810 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004811 break;
4812 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4813 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4814 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4815 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004816 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4817 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004818 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004819 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4820 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004821 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004822 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4823 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004824 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004825 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004826 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004827 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004828 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004829 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004830 resultType = Input->getType();
4831 break;
4832 }
4833 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004834 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004835
4836 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004837 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004838}
4839
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004840// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4841Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4842 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4843 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4844 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4845
4846 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4847 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4848 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4849 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4850 // the arguments.
4851 FunctionSet Functions;
4852 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4853 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4854 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4855 Functions);
4856 DeclarationName OpName
4857 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4858 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4859 }
4860
4861 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4862 }
4863
4864 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4865}
4866
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004867/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004868Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4869 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4870 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004871 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004872 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004873
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004874 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4875 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004876 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004877 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004878
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004879 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004880 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4881 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004882}
4883
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004884Sema::OwningExprResult
4885Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4886 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4887 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004888 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4889 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4890
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004891 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004892 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004893 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004894
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004895 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4896 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4897 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004898
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004899 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4900 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4901 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004903 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4904 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4905 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4906 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4907 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004908
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004909 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004910 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004911 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004912
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004913 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4914 // expressions are not lvalues.
4915
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004916 substmt.release();
4917 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004918}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004919
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004920Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4921 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4922 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4923 TypeTy *argty,
4924 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4925 unsigned NumComponents,
4926 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4927 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4928 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004929 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4930 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004931
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004932 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4933
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004934 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4935 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4936 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004937 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004938 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004939
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004940 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4941 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004942
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004943 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4944 // the offsetof designators.
4945 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4946 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004947 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004948 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004949
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004950 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4951 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004952 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4953 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004954 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004955 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4956 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004957
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004958 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004959 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004960
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004961 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4962 // leaks like a sieve.
4963 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4964 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4965 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4966 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4967 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4968 if (!AT) {
4969 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004970 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4971 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004972 }
4973
4974 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4975
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004976 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4977 // expression.
4978 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4979
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004980 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4981 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004982 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004983 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004984 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004985 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004986 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004987
4988 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4989 OC.LocEnd);
4990 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004991 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004992
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004993 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4994 if (!RC) {
4995 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004996 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4997 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004998 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004999
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005000 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5001 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005002 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005003 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005004 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5005 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5006 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005007 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5008 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005009 }
5010
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005011 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5012 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5013 LookupMemberName)
5014 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005015 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005016 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005017 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5018 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005019
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005020 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5021 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005022 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005023 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5024 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005025 } else {
5026 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5027 // doesn't matter here.
5028 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5029 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5030 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005031 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005032 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005033
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005034 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5035 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005036}
5037
5038
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005039Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5040 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5041 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005042 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5043 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005044
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005045 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005046
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005047 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5048 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5049 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5050 return ExprError();
5051 }
5052
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005053 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5054 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005055}
5056
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005057Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5058 ExprArg cond,
5059 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5060 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5061 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5062 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5063 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005064
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005065 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5066
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005067 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005068 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005069 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5070 } else {
5071 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5072 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5073 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5074 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005075 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5076 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5077 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005078
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005079 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5080 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5081 }
5082
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005083 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5084 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5085 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005086}
5087
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005088//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5089// Clang Extensions.
5090//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5091
5092/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005093void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005094 // Analyze block parameters.
5095 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005096
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005097 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5098 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5099 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005100
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005101 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
5102 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005103 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005104 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5105 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005106
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005107 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005108 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005109}
5110
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005111void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005112 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005113
5114 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5115 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Fariborz Jahanian262c0d72009-05-18 23:17:46 +00005116 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005117 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5118
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005119 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5120 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5121 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5122 return;
5123 }
5124
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005125 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5126 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5127 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5128
5129 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5130 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005131 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5132 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5133 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005134 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005135 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5136 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005137 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5138
5139 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5140 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5141 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5142 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5143 return;
5144 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005145 return;
5146 }
5147
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005148 // Analyze arguments to block.
5149 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5150 "Not a function declarator!");
5151 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005152
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005153 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5154 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005155
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005156 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5157 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5158 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5159 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005160 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5161 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005162 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005163 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005164 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5165 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005166 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005167 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005168 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005169 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005170 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005171 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Fariborz Jahanian262c0d72009-05-18 23:17:46 +00005172 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005173 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5174 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5175 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5176 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5177 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005178
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005179 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5180 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5181 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005182 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005183 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5184 }
5185
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005186 // Analyze the return type.
5187 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5188 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5189
5190 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5191 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5192 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5193 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5194 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
5195 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005196}
5197
5198/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5199/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5200void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5201 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5202 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005203
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005204 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5205
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005206 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005207 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005208 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005209 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005210}
5211
5212/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5213/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005214Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5215 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005216 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5217 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5218 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5219
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005220 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5221 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005222
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005223 PopDeclContext();
5224
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005225 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5226 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005227
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005228 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5229 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5230 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005231
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005232 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5233 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5234 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005235
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005236 QualType BlockTy;
5237 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman45b1e222009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005238 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005239 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005240 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005241 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005242
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005243 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5244
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005245 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005246
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005247 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5248 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5249 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5250 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5251
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005252 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005253 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5254 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005255}
5256
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005257Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5258 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5259 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005260 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005261 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5262 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5263
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005264 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005265
5266 // Get the va_list type
5267 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005268 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5269 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5270 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5271 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005272 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005273 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5274 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5275 } else {
5276 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5277 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005278 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5279 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005280 return ExprError();
5281 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005282
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005283 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5284 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005285 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5286 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005287 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005288 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005289
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005290 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005291 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005292
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005293 expr.release();
5294 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5295 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005296}
5297
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005298Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005299 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5300 // pointers on the target.
5301 QualType Ty;
5302 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5303 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5304 else
5305 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5306
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005307 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005308}
5309
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005310bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5311 SourceLocation Loc,
5312 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5313 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5314 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5315 bool isInvalid = false;
5316 unsigned DiagKind;
5317 switch (ConvTy) {
5318 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5319 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005320 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005321 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5322 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005323 case IntToPointer:
5324 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5325 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005326 case IncompatiblePointer:
5327 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5328 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005329 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5330 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5331 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005332 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5333 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5334 break;
5335 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005336 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5337 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5338 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5339 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5340 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5341 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5342 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5343 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5344 // C++ semantics.
5345 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5346 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5347 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005348 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5349 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005350 case IntToBlockPointer:
5351 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5352 break;
5353 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005354 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005355 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005356 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005357 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005358 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5359 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5360 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005361 case IncompatibleVectors:
5362 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5363 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005364 case Incompatible:
5365 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5366 isInvalid = true;
5367 break;
5368 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005369
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005370 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5371 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005372 return isInvalid;
5373}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005374
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005375bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005376 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5377 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5378 if (Result)
5379 *Result = ICEResult;
5380 return false;
5381 }
5382
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005383 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5384
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005385 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005386 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5387 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5388
5389 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5390 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5391 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5392 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5393 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5394 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5395 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005396
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005397 return true;
5398 }
5399
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005400 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5401 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005402
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005403 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5404 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5405 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005406
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005407 if (Result)
5408 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5409 return false;
5410}